blob: e248f5fe5b19420fff3cf5bdc720c583c675d0b1 [file] [log] [blame]
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001/*
Johannes Berg3017b802007-08-28 17:01:53 -04002 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
3 *
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
5 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02006 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Johannes Bergd98ad832014-09-03 15:24:57 +03007 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +03008 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02009 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070010 *
11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
13 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
14 */
15
16#ifndef MAC80211_H
17#define MAC80211_H
18
Paul Gortmaker187f1882011-11-23 20:12:59 -050019#include <linux/bug.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070020#include <linux/kernel.h>
21#include <linux/if_ether.h>
22#include <linux/skbuff.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070023#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070024#include <net/cfg80211.h>
Michal Kazior5caa3282016-05-19 10:37:51 +020025#include <net/codel.h>
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +030026#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +020027#include <asm/unaligned.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070028
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040029/**
30 * DOC: Introduction
31 *
32 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
33 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
34 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
35 * drivers.
36 */
37
38/**
39 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
40 *
41 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070042 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
43 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
44 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +010045 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
46 * tasklet function.
47 *
48 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -070049 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070050 */
51
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040052/**
53 * DOC: Warning
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070054 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040055 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
56 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
57 */
58
59/**
60 * DOC: Frame format
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070061 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040062 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
63 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
64 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
65 * hardware.
66 *
67 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
68 *
69 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
70 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
71 *
72 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
73 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070074 */
75
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +020076/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040077 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
78 *
79 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
80 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
81 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
82 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
83 *
84 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
85 * suspend.
86 *
87 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
88 *
89 */
90
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +010091/**
92 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
93 *
94 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
95 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
96 * between different stations/interfaces.
97 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
98 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
99 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
100 *
101 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
102 * driver operation.
103 *
104 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with a
105 * single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
106 *
107 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
108 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
109 *
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +0100110 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame, it calls
111 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it
112 * calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100113 *
114 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
115 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
116 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
117 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
118 * .release_buffered_frames().
119 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
120 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
121 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
122 */
123
Paul Gortmaker313162d2012-01-30 11:46:54 -0500124struct device;
125
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400126/**
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200127 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
128 *
129 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100130 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200131 */
132enum ieee80211_max_queues {
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200133 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100134 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200135};
136
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200137#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
138
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200139/**
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800140 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
141 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
142 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
143 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
144 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
145 */
146enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
147 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
148 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
149 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
150 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
151};
152
153/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400154 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
155 *
156 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100157 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400158 *
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400159 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200160 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
161 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400162 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100163 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300164 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200165 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300166 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
167 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400168 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700169struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200170 u16 txop;
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100171 u16 cw_min;
172 u16 cw_max;
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200173 u8 aifs;
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300174 bool acm;
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200175 bool uapsd;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300176 bool mu_edca;
177 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700178};
179
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700180struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
181 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
182 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
183 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
184 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
185};
186
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100187/**
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200188 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100189 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200190 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100191 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200192 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
193 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200194 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200195 */
196enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100197 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200198 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100199 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200200 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200201 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200202};
203
204/**
205 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
206 *
207 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
208 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
209 *
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100210 * @def: the channel definition
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200211 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200212 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
213 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
214 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
215 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
Simon Wunderlich5d7fad42012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100216 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100217 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200218 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
219 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
220 */
221struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100222 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200223 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200224
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200225 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
226
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100227 bool radar_enabled;
228
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +0100229 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200230};
231
232/**
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300233 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
234 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
235 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
236 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
237 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
238 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
239 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
240 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
241 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
242 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
243 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
244 * for changes/removal.)
245 */
246enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
247 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
248 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
249};
250
251/**
252 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
253 *
254 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
255 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
256 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
257 * done.
258 *
259 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
260 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
261 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
262 */
263struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
264 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
265 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
266 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
267};
268
269/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100270 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
271 *
272 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
273 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
274 *
275 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
276 * also implies a change in the AID.
277 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
278 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300279 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
Tomas Winkler38668c02008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700280 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200281 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200282 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200283 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
284 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
285 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
286 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
287 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
288 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200289 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200290 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300291 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200292 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
293 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200294 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200295 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200296 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300297 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200298 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100299 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200300 * changed
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300301 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
302 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100303 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
304 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
305 * context had been assigned.
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100306 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200307 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300308 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
309 * keep alive) changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700310 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
311 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100312 */
313enum ieee80211_bss_change {
314 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
315 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
316 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300317 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
Alexander Simona7ce1c92011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200318 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200319 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200320 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200321 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
322 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
323 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200324 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200325 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300326 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200327 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200328 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300329 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200330 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300331 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200332 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100333 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300334 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100335 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100336 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200337 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300338 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700339 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
Johannes Bergac8dd502010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200340
341 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100342};
343
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300344/*
345 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
346 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
347 * filtering will be disabled.
348 */
349#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
350
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100351/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200352 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
353 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200354 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300355 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300356 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
357 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
358 * once each time the timeout triggers.
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700359 */
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200360enum ieee80211_event_type {
361 RSSI_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200362 MLME_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300363 BAR_RX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300364 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200365};
366
367/**
368 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
369 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
370 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
371 */
372enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700373 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
374 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
375};
376
377/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200378 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200379 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
380 */
381struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
382 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
383};
384
385/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200386 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
387 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200388 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200389 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
390 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200391 */
392enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
393 AUTH_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200394 ASSOC_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200395 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
396 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200397};
398
399/**
400 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
401 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
402 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
403 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
404 */
405enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
406 MLME_SUCCESS,
407 MLME_DENIED,
408 MLME_TIMEOUT,
409};
410
411/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200412 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200413 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
414 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
415 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
416 */
417struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
418 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
419 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
420 u16 reason;
421};
422
423/**
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300424 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
425 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
426 * @tid: the tid
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300427 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300428 */
429struct ieee80211_ba_event {
430 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
431 u16 tid;
432 u16 ssn;
433};
434
435/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200436 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200437 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200438 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200439 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300440 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300441 * @u:union holding the fields above
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200442 */
443struct ieee80211_event {
444 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
445 union {
446 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200447 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300448 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200449 } u;
450};
451
452/**
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200453 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
454 *
455 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
456 *
457 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
458 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
459 */
460struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
461 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
462 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
463};
464
465/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100466 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
467 *
468 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
469 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
470 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300471 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
472 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
473 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
474 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
475 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
476 * ACK, BACK or both
477 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
478 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
479 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100480 * @assoc: association status
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200481 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
482 * or not
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530483 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100484 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
485 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
Johannes Bergea1b2b452015-06-02 20:15:49 +0200486 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
487 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100488 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200489 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300490 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200491 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100492 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
493 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
494 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
495 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200496 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200497 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
498 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200499 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100500 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
501 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200502 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
503 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
504 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700505 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800506 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200507 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
508 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
509 * the current band.
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300510 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100511 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200512 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
513 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100514 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
515 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200516 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
Johannes Berg074d46d2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100517 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
Avri Altman22f66892015-08-18 16:52:07 +0300518 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
519 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
520 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200521 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
Johannes Berge86abc62015-10-22 17:35:14 +0200522 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
523 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
524 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100525 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
526 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
527 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
528 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200529 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300530 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
531 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
532 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
533 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100534 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
535 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
536 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200537 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200538 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
539 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
540 * your driver/device needs to do.
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300541 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
542 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200543 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300544 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
545 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200546 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100547 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
548 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
549 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
550 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
551 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
552 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100553 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200554 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
555 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
556 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300557 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
558 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
559 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
560 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
561 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
562 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
563 * station.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100564 */
565struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200566 const u8 *bssid;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300567 u8 bss_color;
568 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
569 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
570 bool uora_exists;
571 bool ack_enabled;
572 u8 uora_ocw_range;
573 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
574 bool he_support;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100575 /* association related data */
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200576 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530577 bool ibss_creator;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100578 u16 aid;
579 /* erp related data */
580 bool use_cts_prot;
581 bool use_short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300582 bool use_short_slot;
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200583 bool enable_beacon;
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800584 u8 dtim_period;
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700585 u16 beacon_int;
586 u16 assoc_capability;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200587 u64 sync_tsf;
588 u32 sync_device_ts;
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100589 u8 sync_dtim_count;
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100590 u32 basic_rates;
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300591 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200592 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200593 u16 ht_operation_mode;
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200594 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
595 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100596 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
597 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100598 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200599 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300600 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100601 int arp_addr_cnt;
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200602 bool qos;
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200603 bool idle;
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300604 bool ps;
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300605 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
606 size_t ssid_len;
607 bool hidden_ssid;
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200608 int txpower;
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100609 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100610 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200611 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300612 u16 max_idle_period;
613 bool protected_keep_alive;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100614};
615
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800616/**
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200617 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800618 *
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700619 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800620 *
Johannes Berg7351c6b2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100621 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200622 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
623 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
624 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
625 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
626 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
627 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
628 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
629 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
630 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
631 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
632 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200633 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200634 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
635 * station
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200636 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200637 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
638 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200639 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200640 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
Johannes Bergab5b5342009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200641 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
642 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
643 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
644 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
645 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
646 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
647 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
648 * hardware queue.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200649 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
650 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
651 * is for the whole aggregation.
Ron Rindjunsky429a3802008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300652 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
653 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200654 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
655 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
656 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600657 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
658 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
659 * off-channel operation.
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100660 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
661 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
662 * it can be sent out.
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200663 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
664 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200665 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
666 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100667 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
668 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
669 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200670 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
671 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
672 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
673 * queue gets full.
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100674 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
675 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
676 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100677 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
678 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
679 * should kick the MLME state machine.
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200680 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
681 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
682 * status to user space)
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400683 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200684 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
685 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
Johannes Berg610dbc92011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100686 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
687 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
688 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
689 * handled properly by the device.
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200690 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
691 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
692 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530693 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
694 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
695 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200696 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
697 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
698 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200699 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
700 * PS-Poll responses.
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530701 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
702 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
703 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200704 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
705 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
706 * monitor injection).
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530707 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
708 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
709 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
710 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
711 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200712 *
713 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
714 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800715 */
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200716enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200717 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200718 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
719 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
720 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
721 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
722 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
723 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
724 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
725 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
726 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
727 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
728 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
729 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600730 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100731 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200732 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200733 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100734 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200735 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100736 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100737 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200738 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400739 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200740 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100741 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200742 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530743 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200744 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530745 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200746 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530747 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200748};
749
Johannes Bergabe37c42010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200750#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
751
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200752/**
753 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
754 *
755 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
756 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530757 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
758 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100759 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100760 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200761 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200762 *
763 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
764 */
765enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
766 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530767 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100768 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100769 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200770 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200771};
772
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200773/*
774 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
775 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
776 */
777#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
778 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
779 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
780 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
781 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100782 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200783 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200784 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200785
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530786/**
787 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
788 * Rate Control algorithm.
789 *
790 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
791 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
792 *
793 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
794 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
795 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
796 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
797 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100798 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
799 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530800 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
801 * Greenfield mode.
802 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100803 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
804 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
805 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530806 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
807 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
808 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
809 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
810 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200811enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
812 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
813 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
814 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
815
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100816 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200817 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
818 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
819 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
820 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
821 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100822 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
823 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
824 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800825};
826
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200827
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200828/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
829#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200830
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200831/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
832#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
833
834/* maximum number of rate stages */
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200835#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200836
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200837/* maximum number of rate table entries */
838#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
839
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200840/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200841 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200842 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200843 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
844 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
Johannes Berge25cf4a2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200845 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200846 *
847 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
848 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
849 *
850 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
851 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200852 *
853 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
854 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
855 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
856 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300857 * information::
858 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200859 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300860 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200861 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
862 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
863 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
864 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300865 * information should then contain::
866 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200867 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300868 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200869 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
870 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200871 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200872struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
873 s8 idx;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100874 u16 count:5,
875 flags:11;
Gustavo F. Padovan3f30fc12010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000876} __packed;
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200877
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100878#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
879
880static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
881 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
882{
883 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200884 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
885 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100886}
887
888static inline u8
889ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
890{
891 return rate->idx & 0xF;
892}
893
894static inline u8
895ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
896{
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200897 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100898}
899
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200900/**
901 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200902 *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200903 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
904 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
905 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
906 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
907 *
908 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200909 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200910 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100911 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700912 * @control: union for control data
913 * @status: union for status data
914 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100915 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700916 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100917 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700918 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200919 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200920 */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200921struct ieee80211_tx_info {
922 /* common information */
923 u32 flags;
924 u8 band;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200925
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200926 u8 hw_queue;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100927
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100928 u16 ack_frame_id;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100929
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200930 union {
931 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200932 union {
933 /* rate control */
934 struct {
935 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
936 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
937 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +0200938 u8 use_rts:1;
939 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200940 u8 short_preamble:1;
941 u8 skip_table:1;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +0200942 /* 2 bytes free */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200943 };
944 /* only needed before rate control */
945 unsigned long jiffies;
946 };
Johannes Berg25d834e2008-09-12 22:52:47 +0200947 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +0200948 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200949 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200950 u32 flags;
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +0200951 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200952 } control;
953 struct {
Johannes Berg3b79af92015-06-01 23:14:59 +0200954 u64 cookie;
955 } ack;
956 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200957 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Eliad Pellera0f995a2014-03-13 14:30:47 +0200958 s32 ack_signal;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200959 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100960 u8 ampdu_len;
Johannes Bergd748b462012-03-28 11:04:23 +0200961 u8 antenna;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +0300962 u16 tx_time;
Venkateswara Naralasettya78b26f2018-02-13 11:04:46 +0530963 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +0300964 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200965 } status;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200966 struct {
967 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
968 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200969 u8 pad[4];
970
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200971 void *rate_driver_data[
972 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
973 };
974 void *driver_data[
975 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200976 };
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700977};
978
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +0300979/**
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +0200980 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
981 *
982 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
983 * @info: Basic tx status information
984 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
985 */
986struct ieee80211_tx_status {
987 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
988 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
989 struct sk_buff *skb;
990};
991
992/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +0200993 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
994 *
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +0200995 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
996 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
997 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +0200998 *
999 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1000 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1001 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1002 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1003 */
1004struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001005 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1006 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001007 const u8 *common_ies;
1008 size_t common_ie_len;
1009};
1010
1011
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001012static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1013{
1014 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1015}
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001016
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001017static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1018{
1019 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1020}
1021
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001022/**
1023 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1024 *
1025 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1026 *
1027 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1028 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1029 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1030 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1031 *
1032 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1033 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1034 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1035 */
1036static inline void
1037ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1038{
1039 int i;
1040
1041 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1042 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1043 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1044 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1045 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1046 /* clear the rate counts */
1047 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1048 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1049
1050 BUILD_BUG_ON(
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001051 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001052 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1053 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1054 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1055}
1056
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001057
1058/**
1059 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1060 *
1061 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1062 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1063 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1064 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001065 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1066 * verification has been done by the hardware.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001067 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001068 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1069 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
Johannes Berg981d94a2015-06-12 14:39:02 +02001070 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1071 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1072 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1073 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
Luis de Bethencourt84ea3a182016-03-18 16:09:29 +00001074 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1075 * de-duplication by itself.
Johannes Berg72abd812007-09-17 01:29:22 -04001076 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1077 * the frame.
1078 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1079 * the frame.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001080 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
Johannes Berg6ebacbb2011-02-23 15:06:08 +01001081 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1082 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1083 * merging.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001084 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1085 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1086 * (including FCS) was received.
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001087 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1088 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
Felix Fietkaufe8431f2012-03-01 18:00:07 +01001089 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1090 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001091 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1092 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1093 * each A-MPDU
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001094 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1095 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1096 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1097 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1098 * on this subframe
1099 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1100 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
Sara Sharonf980ebc2016-02-24 11:49:45 +02001101 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1102 * done by the hardware
Grzegorz Bajorski17883042015-12-11 14:39:46 +01001103 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1104 * processing it in any regular way.
1105 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1106 * them for sniffing purposes.
1107 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1108 * monitor interfaces.
1109 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1110 * them for sniffing purposes.
Michal Kazior0cfcefe2013-09-23 15:34:38 +02001111 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1112 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1113 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1114 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1115 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1116 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1117 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1118 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1119 * interleaved with other frames.
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001120 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1121 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1122 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
Sara Sharonf631a772016-05-03 15:59:44 +03001123 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1124 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1125 * the first subframe.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001126 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1127 * be done in the hardware.
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001128 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1129 * frame
1130 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001131 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1132 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
1133 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1134 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1135 * - DATA3_CODING
1136 * - DATA5_GI
1137 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1138 * - DATA6_NSTS
1139 * - DATA3_STBC
1140 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1141 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1142 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001143 */
1144enum mac80211_rx_flags {
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001145 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1146 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001147 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001148 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1149 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1150 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1151 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001152 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001153 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1154 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1155 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1156 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1157 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1158 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1159 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1160 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1161 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1162 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1163 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1164 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1165 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1166 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1167 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1168 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001169 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1170 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001171 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1172 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001173};
1174
1175/**
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001176 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001177 *
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001178 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001179 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1180 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1181 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1182 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
1183 * to hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact
1184 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1185 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001186 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001187 */
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001188enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1189 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001190 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1191 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1192 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1193 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1194 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001195};
1196
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001197#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1198
1199enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1200 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1201 RX_ENC_HT,
1202 RX_ENC_VHT,
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001203 RX_ENC_HE,
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001204};
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001205
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001206/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001207 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1208 *
1209 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1210 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001211 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001212 *
Bruno Randolfc132bec2008-02-18 11:20:51 +09001213 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1214 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001215 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1216 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001217 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1218 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001219 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001220 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
Johannes Berg4352a4d2015-12-08 16:04:35 +02001221 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1222 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001223 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1224 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1225 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001226 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1227 * values were filled.
1228 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1229 * support dB or unspecified units)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001230 * @antenna: antenna used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +02001231 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +01001232 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001233 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001234 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001235 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1236 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001237 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001238 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1239 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1240 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
Johannes Berg554891e2010-09-24 12:38:25 +02001241 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001242 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1243 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1244 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001245 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001246struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1247 u64 mactime;
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001248 u64 boottime_ns;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001249 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001250 u32 ampdu_reference;
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001251 u32 flag;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001252 u16 freq;
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001253 u8 enc_flags;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001254 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1255 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001256 u8 rate_idx;
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001257 u8 nss;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001258 u8 rx_flags;
1259 u8 band;
1260 u8 antenna;
1261 s8 signal;
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001262 u8 chains;
1263 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001264 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001265};
1266
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001267/**
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001268 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1269 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1270 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1271 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1272 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1273 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1274 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1275 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1276 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1277 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1278 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1279 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1280 * @data field.
1281 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1282 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1283 * length
1284 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1285 *
1286 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1287 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1288 * data.
1289 */
1290struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1291 u32 present;
1292 u8 align;
1293 u8 oui[3];
1294 u8 subns;
1295 u8 pad;
1296 u16 len;
1297 u8 data[];
1298} __packed;
1299
1300/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001301 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1302 *
1303 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1304 *
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001305 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1306 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1307 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001308 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1309 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1310 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1311 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1312 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1313 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1314 * for more.
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001315 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1316 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1317 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1318 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1319 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001320 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1321 * operating channel.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001322 */
1323enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001324 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
Johannes Bergae5eb022008-10-14 16:58:37 +02001325 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001326 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001327 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001328};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001329
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +02001330
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001331/**
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001332 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1333 *
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001334 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001335 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001336 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001337 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
Johannes Berg47979382009-01-07 10:13:27 +01001338 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001339 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001340 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001341 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001342 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1343 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001344 */
1345enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001346 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001347 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001348 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001349 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001350 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1351 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1352 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001353 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001354};
1355
1356/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001357 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1358 *
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02001359 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1360 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1361 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1362 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1363 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001364 */
1365enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1366 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1367 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1368 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1369 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1370
1371 /* keep last */
1372 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1373};
1374
1375/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001376 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1377 *
1378 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1379 *
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001380 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1381 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001382 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001383 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1384 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1385 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001386 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1387 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1388 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1389 *
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02001390 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1391 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001392 *
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001393 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001394 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001395 *
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001396 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001397 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1398 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001399 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001400 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1401 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001402 *
1403 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1404 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001405 * configured for an HT channel.
1406 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1407 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001408 */
1409struct ieee80211_conf {
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001410 u32 flags;
Juuso Oikarinenff616382010-06-09 09:51:52 +03001411 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +02001412
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001413 u16 listen_interval;
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001414 u8 ps_dtim_period;
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001415
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001416 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1417
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001418 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001419 bool radar_enabled;
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001420 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001421};
1422
1423/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001424 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1425 *
1426 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1427 * operation.
1428 *
1429 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1430 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1431 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1432 * the driver passed into mac80211.
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001433 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1434 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001435 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1436 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001437 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001438 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
1439 */
1440struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1441 u64 timestamp;
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001442 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001443 bool block_tx;
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001444 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001445 u8 count;
1446};
1447
1448/**
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001449 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1450 *
1451 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1452 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001453 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1454 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1455 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1456 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001457 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1458 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1459 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1460 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001461 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1462 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1463 * this is not pure P2P vif.
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001464 */
1465enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1466 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001467 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001468 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001469 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001470};
1471
1472/**
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001473 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1474 *
1475 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1476 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1477 *
Johannes Berg51fb61e2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01001478 * @type: type of this virtual interface
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001479 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1480 * or the BSS we're associated to
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001481 * @addr: address of this interface
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001482 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1483 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
Michal Kazior59af6922014-04-09 15:10:59 +02001484 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1485 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1486 * for read access.
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001487 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001488 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1489 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1490 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1491 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001492 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1493 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001494 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1495 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1496 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1497 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1498 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001499 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001500 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001501 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001502 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1503 * interface.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001504 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001505 * sizeof(void \*).
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001506 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301507 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1508 * protected by fq->lock.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001509 */
1510struct ieee80211_vif {
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001511 enum nl80211_iftype type;
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001512 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
Michael Brauna3e2f4b2016-10-15 13:28:19 +02001513 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001514 bool p2p;
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001515 bool csa_active;
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001516 bool mu_mimo_owner;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001517
1518 u8 cab_queue;
1519 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1520
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001521 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1522
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001523 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1524
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001525 u32 driver_flags;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001526
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001527#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1528 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1529#endif
1530
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001531 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1532
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301533 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1534
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001535 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01001536 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001537};
1538
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001539static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1540{
1541#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001542 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001543#endif
1544 return false;
1545}
1546
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001547/**
Johannes Bergad7e7182013-11-13 13:37:47 +01001548 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1549 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1550 *
1551 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1552 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1553 *
1554 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1555 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1556 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1557 */
1558struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1559
1560/**
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001561 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1562 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1563 *
1564 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1565 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1566 *
1567 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1568 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1569 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1570 */
1571struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1572
1573/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001574 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1575 *
1576 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1577 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1578 *
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001579 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1580 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001581 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1582 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001583 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1584 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1585 * generation in software.
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001586 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1587 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001588 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001589 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1590 * (MFP) to be done in software.
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001591 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comee701082012-05-09 08:11:20 +03001592 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001593 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001594 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1595 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1596 * MIC.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001597 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1598 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1599 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1600 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1601 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1602 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1603 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001604 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001605 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001606 * only for managment frames (MFP).
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001607 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1608 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1609 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001610 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1611 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1612 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001613 */
1614enum ieee80211_key_flags {
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001615 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1616 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1617 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1618 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1619 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1620 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1621 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001622 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001623 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001624};
1625
1626/**
1627 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1628 *
1629 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1630 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1631 *
1632 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1633 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001634 * encrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001635 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001636 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1637 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001638 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1639 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1640 * @keylen: key material length
Luis R. Rodriguezffd78912008-06-21 10:02:46 -04001641 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1642 * data block:
1643 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1644 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1645 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001646 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1647 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001648 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001649struct ieee80211_key_conf {
Johannes Bergdb388a52015-06-01 15:36:51 +02001650 atomic64_t tx_pn;
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001651 u32 cipher;
Felix Fietkau76708de2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02001652 u8 icv_len;
1653 u8 iv_len;
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001654 u8 hw_key_idx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001655 s8 keyidx;
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001656 u16 flags;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001657 u8 keylen;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001658 u8 key[0];
1659};
1660
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001661#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1662
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001663#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1664#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1665
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001666/**
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001667 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1668 *
1669 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1670 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1671 * reverse order than in packet)
1672 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1673 * reverse order than in packet)
1674 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1675 * reverse order than in packet)
1676 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1677 * reverse order than in packet)
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001678 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001679 */
1680struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1681 union {
1682 struct {
1683 u32 iv32;
1684 u16 iv16;
1685 } tkip;
1686 struct {
1687 u8 pn[6];
1688 } ccmp;
1689 struct {
1690 u8 pn[6];
1691 } aes_cmac;
1692 struct {
1693 u8 pn[6];
1694 } aes_gmac;
1695 struct {
1696 u8 pn[6];
1697 } gcmp;
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001698 struct {
1699 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1700 u8 seq_len;
1701 } hw;
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001702 };
1703};
1704
1705/**
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02001706 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1707 *
1708 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1709 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1710 *
1711 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1712 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1713 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1714 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1715 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1716 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1717 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1718 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1719 * key_idx value calculation:
1720 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1721 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1722 */
1723struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1724 u32 cipher;
1725 u16 iftype;
1726 u8 hdr_len;
1727 u8 pn_len;
1728 u8 pn_off;
1729 u8 key_idx_off;
1730 u8 key_idx_mask;
1731 u8 key_idx_shift;
1732 u8 mic_len;
1733};
1734
1735/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001736 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1737 *
1738 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1739 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1740 *
1741 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1742 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1743 */
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001744enum set_key_cmd {
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001745 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001746};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001747
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001748/**
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01001749 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1750 *
1751 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1752 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1753 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1754 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1755 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1756 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1757 */
1758enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1759 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1760 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1761 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1762 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1763 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1764 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1765};
1766
1767/**
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001768 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1769 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1770 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1771 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1772 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1773 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1774 *
1775 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1776 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1777 */
1778enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1779 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1780 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1781 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1782 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1783};
1784
1785/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001786 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1787 *
1788 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001789 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001790 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1791 */
1792struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1793 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1794 struct {
1795 s8 idx;
1796 u8 count;
1797 u8 count_cts;
1798 u8 count_rts;
1799 u16 flags;
1800 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1801};
1802
1803/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001804 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1805 *
1806 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1807 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1808 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1809 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1810 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01001811 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001812 *
1813 * @addr: MAC address
1814 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
Johannes Berg323ce792008-09-11 02:45:11 +02001815 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
Johannes Berg55d942f2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01001816 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1817 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001818 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
Maxim Altshul480dd462016-08-22 17:14:04 +03001819 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1820 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1821 * Can be modified by driver.
Johannes Berg527871d2015-03-21 08:09:55 +01001822 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1823 * otherwise always false)
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001824 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001825 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001826 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
Emmanuel Grumbachf438ceb2016-10-18 23:12:12 +03001827 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1828 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001829 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001830 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001831 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1832 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1833 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1834 * the station moves to associated state.
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001835 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001836 * @rates: rate control selection table
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001837 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001838 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1839 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301840 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001841 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1842 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1843 * unlimited.
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02001844 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01001845 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001846 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001847 */
1848struct ieee80211_sta {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001849 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001850 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1851 u16 aid;
Johannes Bergd9fe60d2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02001852 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
Mahesh Palivela818255e2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00001853 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001854 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
1855 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03001856 bool wme;
Eliad Peller9533b4a2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03001857 u8 uapsd_queues;
1858 u8 max_sp;
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001859 u8 rx_nss;
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001860 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001861 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001862 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001863 bool tdls;
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001864 bool tdls_initiator;
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301865 bool mfp;
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001866 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01001867
1868 /**
1869 * @max_amsdu_len:
1870 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1871 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1872 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1873 *
1874 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1875 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1876 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1877 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1878 *
1879 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
1880 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
1881 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
1882 */
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001883 u16 max_amsdu_len;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02001884 bool support_p2p_ps;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01001885 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001886
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001887 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
1888
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001889 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01001890 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001891};
1892
1893/**
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001894 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
1895 *
1896 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
Sujith38a6cc72010-05-19 11:32:30 +05301897 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001898 *
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01001899 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
1900 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
1901 */
Christian Lamparter89fad572008-12-09 16:28:06 +01001902enum sta_notify_cmd {
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01001903 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
1904};
1905
1906/**
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02001907 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
1908 *
1909 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
1910 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
1911 */
1912struct ieee80211_tx_control {
1913 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1914};
1915
1916/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001917 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
1918 *
1919 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
1920 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
1921 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue)
1922 * @ac: the AC for this queue
Johannes Bergf8bdbb52015-05-20 15:04:53 +02001923 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001924 *
1925 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
1926 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
1927 */
1928struct ieee80211_txq {
1929 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
1930 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1931 u8 tid;
1932 u8 ac;
1933
1934 /* must be last */
1935 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1936};
1937
1938/**
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04001939 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
1940 *
1941 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
1942 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
1943 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
1944 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
1945 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
1946 *
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01001947 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
1948 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
1949 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
1950 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
1951 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
1952 * algorithm.
1953 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
1954 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
1955 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
1956 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
1957 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
1958 * CCK frames.
1959 *
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04001960 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
1961 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
1962 * the FCS at the end.
1963 *
1964 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
1965 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
1966 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
1967 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
1968 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
1969 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07001970 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04001971 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001972 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
1973 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
1974 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
1975 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
1976 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001977 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
1978 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
1979 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
1980 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
1981 *
Tomas Winkler06ff47b2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03001982 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
1983 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
1984 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
Sujith8b30b1f2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05301985 *
1986 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
1987 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
Kalle Valo520eb822008-12-18 23:35:27 +02001988 *
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01001989 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
1990 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
1991 *
1992 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
1993 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
1994 * stack support for dynamic PS.
1995 *
1996 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
1997 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
Jouni Malinen4375d082009-01-08 13:32:11 +02001998 *
1999 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2000 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002001 *
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05302002 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2003 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2004 * the stack.
2005 *
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02002006 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002007 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2008 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02002009 *
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02002010 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2011 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2012 * dtim_period).
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02002013 *
2014 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2015 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2016 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2017 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2018 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2019 * only in that case.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02002020 *
2021 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2022 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2023 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2024 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2025 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2026 * the PS mode of connected stations.
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03002027 *
2028 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2029 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2030 * software.
Eliad Peller885bd8e2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02002031 *
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02002032 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2033 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2034 * active interfaces.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002035 *
Ben Greeare27513f2014-10-22 12:23:03 -07002036 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2037 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2038 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2039 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002040 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2041 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2042 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2043 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2044 * supported cipher suites.
2045 *
Johannes Berg17c18bf2015-03-21 15:25:43 +01002046 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2047 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2048 * for frames.
2049 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002050 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2051 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2052 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2053 * control for more details.
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002054 *
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002055 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2056 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2057 *
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002058 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2059 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2060 * is supported.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01002061 *
2062 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2063 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002064 *
Johannes Berg919be622013-10-14 10:05:16 +02002065 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2066 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2067 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2068 *
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002069 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2070 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2071 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2072 * CSA frame.
Luciano Coelho5d52ee82014-02-27 14:33:47 +02002073 *
Ido Yarivc70f59a2014-07-29 15:39:14 +03002074 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2075 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2076 *
Johannes Bergc526a462015-06-02 20:32:00 +02002077 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002078 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002079 *
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002080 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2081 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2082 *
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002083 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2084 * within A-MPDU.
2085 *
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002086 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2087 * for sent beacons.
2088 *
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002089 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2090 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2091 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2092 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2093 *
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002094 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2095 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2096 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2097 * timeout.
2098 *
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002099 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2100 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2101 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002102 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2103 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2104 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2105 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2106 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2107 *
2108 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2109 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2110 *
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302111 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2112 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2113 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2114 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2115 *
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002116 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2117 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2118 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2119 *
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002120 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2121 * TDLS links.
2122 *
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002123 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2124 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2125 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2126 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2127 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2128 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2129 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
Randy Dunlapd1361b32018-04-26 18:17:31 -07002130 *
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002131 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2132 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002133 *
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002134 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002135 */
2136enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002137 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2138 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2139 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2140 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2141 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2142 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2143 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2144 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2145 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2146 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2147 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2148 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2149 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2150 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2151 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2152 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2153 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2154 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2155 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2156 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2157 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2158 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2159 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2160 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2161 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2162 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2163 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2164 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2165 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002166 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002167 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002168 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002169 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002170 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002171 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002172 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2173 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302174 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002175 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002176 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002177 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002178 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002179
2180 /* keep last, obviously */
2181 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002182};
2183
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002184/**
2185 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002186 *
2187 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2188 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2189 *
2190 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2191 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2192 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01002193 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2194 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002195 *
2196 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2197 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002198 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2199 * along with this structure.
2200 *
2201 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2202 *
2203 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2204 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2205 *
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002206 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2207 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002208 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002209 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002210 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002211 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002212 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002213 * that HW supports
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002214 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002215 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +02002216 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2217 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2218 *
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002219 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2220 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2221 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002222 *
2223 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2224 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002225 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2226 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002227 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2228 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002229 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2230 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002231 *
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002232 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2233 * can handle.
2234 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2235 * the hw can report back.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002236 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002237 *
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02002238 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2239 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2240 * aggregation.
2241 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2242 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2243 * it shouldn't be set.
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01002244 *
2245 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002246 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2247 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2248 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2249 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2250 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002251 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002252 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2253 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2254 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002255 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2256 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002257 *
2258 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2259 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002260 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002261 * adding _BW is supported today.
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002262 *
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002263 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2264 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002265 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002266 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002267 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2268 *
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002269 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
2270 * 'units_pos' member is set to a non-negative value it must be set to
2271 * a combination of a IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2272 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value, and then the timestamp
2273 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
2274 * device_timestamp. If the 'accuracy' member is non-negative, it's put
2275 * into the accuracy radiotap field and the accuracy known flag is set.
2276 *
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002277 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
Johannes Berg680a0da2015-04-13 16:58:25 +02002278 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2279 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002280 *
2281 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2282 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2283 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2284 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2285 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2286 * neither enabled.
2287 *
2288 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2289 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2290 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002291 *
2292 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2293 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2294 * supported by HW.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002295 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2296 * device.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002297 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002298struct ieee80211_hw {
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002299 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002300 struct wiphy *wiphy;
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002301 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002302 void *priv;
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002303 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002304 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002305 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002306 int vif_data_size;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002307 int sta_data_size;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002308 int chanctx_data_size;
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002309 int txq_data_size;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002310 u16 queues;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002311 u16 max_listen_interval;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002312 s8 max_signal;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002313 u8 max_rates;
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002314 u8 max_report_rates;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002315 u8 max_rate_tries;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002316 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2317 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002318 u8 max_tx_fragments;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002319 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002320 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002321 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002322 struct {
2323 int units_pos;
2324 s16 accuracy;
2325 } radiotap_timestamp;
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002326 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002327 u8 uapsd_queues;
2328 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002329 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2330 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002331 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002332};
2333
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002334static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2335 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2336{
2337 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2338}
2339#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2340
2341static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2342 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2343{
2344 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2345}
2346#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2347
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002348/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002349 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2350 *
2351 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2352 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2353 */
2354struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2355 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2356
2357 /* Keep last */
2358 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2359};
2360
2361/**
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02002362 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2363 *
2364 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2365 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2366 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2367 * @status: channel-switch response status
2368 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2369 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2370 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2371 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2372 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2373 */
2374struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2375 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2376 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2377 u8 action_code;
2378 u32 status;
2379 u32 timestamp;
2380 u16 switch_time;
2381 u16 switch_timeout;
2382 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2383 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2384};
2385
2386/**
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002387 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2388 *
2389 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2390 *
2391 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2392 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2393 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2394 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2395 * is already used internally by mac80211.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002396 *
2397 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002398 */
2399struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2400
2401/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002402 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2403 *
2404 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2405 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2406 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002407static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2408{
2409 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2410}
2411
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002412/**
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002413 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002414 *
2415 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2416 * @addr: the address to set
2417 */
Bjorn Andersson538dc902015-12-24 00:33:26 -08002418static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002419{
2420 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2421}
2422
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002423static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2424ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002425 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002426{
Larry Fingeraa331df2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05002427 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002428 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002429 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002430}
2431
2432static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2433ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002434 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002435{
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002436 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002437 return NULL;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002438 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002439}
2440
2441static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2442ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002443 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002444{
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002445 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002446 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002447 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002448}
2449
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002450/**
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002451 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2452 * @hw: the hardware
2453 * @skb: the skb
2454 *
2455 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2456 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2457 */
2458void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2459
2460/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002461 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002462 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002463 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2464 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2465 *
2466 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2467 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002468 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2469 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2470 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002471 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2472 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2473 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002474 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2475 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2476 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2477 *
2478 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2479 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2480 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2481 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2482 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002483 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2484 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2485 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2486 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2487 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002488 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2489 *
2490 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2491 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2492 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2493 * based on the receive flags.
2494 *
2495 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2496 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2497 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2498 * keys.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002499 *
2500 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2501 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2502 * handler.
2503 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03002504 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002505 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2506 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002507 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002508 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002509 *
2510 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2511 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2512 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002513 */
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002514
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002515/**
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002516 * DOC: Powersave support
2517 *
2518 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2519 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002520 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2521 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2522 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2523 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2524 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2525 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2526 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2527 * it finds traffic directed to it.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002528 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002529 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2530 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2531 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002532 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2533 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002534 *
2535 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2536 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2537 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002538 *
2539 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2540 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2541 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2542 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002543 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2544 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002545 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002546 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002547 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2548 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2549 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2550 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2551 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2552 * periods.
2553 *
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002554 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002555 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2556 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2557 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2558 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2559 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2560 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2561 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2562 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2563 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2564 *
2565 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01002566 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002567 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002568 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2569 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2570 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2571 *
2572 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2573 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002574 */
2575
2576/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002577 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2578 *
2579 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
Justin P. Mattock42b2aa82011-11-28 20:31:00 -08002580 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002581 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2582 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2583 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2584 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2585 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2586 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01002587 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2588 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002589 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2590 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2591 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2592 *
2593 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2594 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2595 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2596 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2597 *
2598 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2599 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2600 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2601 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002602 *
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002603 * - a list of information element IDs
2604 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2605 *
2606 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2607 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2608 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2609 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2610 * vendor information elements.
2611 *
2612 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2613 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2614 *
2615 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2616 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2617 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2618 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2619 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2620 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2621 *
2622 *
2623 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2624 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2625 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2626 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2627 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2628 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2629 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2630 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2631 *
2632 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2633 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2634 * signal strength threshold checking.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002635 */
2636
2637/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01002638 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2639 *
2640 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2641 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2642 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2643 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2644 *
2645 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2646 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2647 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2648 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2649 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2650 * hardware flags.
2651 *
2652 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2653 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2654 * turned off otherwise.
2655 *
2656 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2657 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2658 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2659 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2660 */
2661
2662/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002663 * DOC: Frame filtering
2664 *
2665 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2666 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2667 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2668 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2669 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2670 *
2671 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2672 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2673 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2674 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002675 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2676 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2677 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2678 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2679 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2680 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2681 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002682 *
2683 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2684 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2685 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2686 * or dropped.
2687 *
Michael Bueschd0f5afb2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01002688 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2689 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2690 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2691 * the flag, but not clear it.
2692 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2693 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2694 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2695 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2696 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2697 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2698 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2699 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002700 */
2701
2702/**
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002703 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2704 *
2705 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2706 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2707 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2708 *
2709 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2710 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2711 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2712 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2713 * the driver code.
2714 *
2715 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2716 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2717 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2718 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2719 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2720 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2721 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2722 *
2723 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2724 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2725 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2726 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2727 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2728 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2729 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2730 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2731 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2732 * @sta_notify callback.
2733 *
2734 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2735 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2736 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2737 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2738 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2739 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2740 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002741 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002742 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2743 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2744 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2745 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2746 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2747 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2748 *
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002749 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2750 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2751 *
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002752 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2753 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2754 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2755 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2756 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2757 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2758 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2759 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2760 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2761 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2762 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2763 *
2764 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2765 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2766 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2767 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2768 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2769 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2770 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2771 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2772 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2773 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002774 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002775 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2776 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2777 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2778 *
2779 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2780 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2781 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2782 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2783 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002784 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002785 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2786 *
2787 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2788 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2789 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2790 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002791 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
Johannes Bergb77cf4f2014-01-09 00:00:38 +01002792 *
2793 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2794 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2795 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2796 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002797 */
2798
2799/**
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002800 * DOC: HW queue control
2801 *
2802 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2803 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2804 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2805 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2806 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2807 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2808 *
2809 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2810 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2811 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2812 *
2813 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2814 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2815 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2816 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2817 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2818 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2819 * the hardware queue.
2820 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2821 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2822 *
2823 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2824 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2825 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2826 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2827 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
2828 *
2829 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
2830 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
2831 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
2832 * off-channel queue: 9
2833 *
2834 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
2835 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
2836 *
2837 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
2838 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
2839 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
2840 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
2841 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
2842 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2843 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
2844 *
2845 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
2846 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
2847 *
2848 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2849 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
2850 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
2851 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
2852 */
2853
2854/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002855 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
2856 *
2857 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
2858 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
2859 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
2860 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
2861 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002862 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
2863 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
2864 * multicast address.
2865 *
2866 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
2867 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
2868 *
2869 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
2870 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
2871 *
2872 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
2873 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
2874 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
2875 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
2876 * honour this flag if possible.
2877 *
Johannes Bergdf140462015-04-22 14:40:58 +02002878 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
2879 * station
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002880 *
2881 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04002882 *
Jakub Kicinskic2d39552015-06-02 21:10:13 +02002883 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02002884 *
2885 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002886 */
2887enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002888 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
2889 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
2890 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
2891 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
2892 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
2893 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04002894 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02002895 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002896};
2897
2898/**
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02002899 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
2900 *
2901 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
2902 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01002903 *
2904 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
2905 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02002906 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01002907 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
2908 *
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02002909 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
2910 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
2911 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01002912 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02002913 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
2914 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
2915 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
2916 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
2917 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
2918 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
2919 * session is gone and removes the station.
2920 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
2921 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
2922 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
2923 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02002924 */
2925enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
2926 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
2927 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02002928 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02002929 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
2930 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
2931 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01002932 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02002933};
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002934
2935/**
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02002936 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
2937 *
2938 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
2939 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
2940 * @tid: tid of the BA session
2941 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
2942 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
2943 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
2944 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
2945 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
2946 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
2947 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
2948 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
2949 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
2950 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
2951 */
2952struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
2953 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
2954 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2955 u16 tid;
2956 u16 ssn;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002957 u16 buf_size;
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02002958 bool amsdu;
2959 u16 timeout;
2960};
2961
2962/**
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02002963 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
2964 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02002965 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
2966 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02002967 */
2968enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
2969 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02002970 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02002971};
2972
2973/**
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02002974 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
2975 *
2976 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01002977 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
2978 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
2979 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02002980 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02002981 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
2982 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
2983 * the peer.
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01002984 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
2985 * by the peer
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02002986 */
2987enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
2988 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
2989 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02002990 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01002991 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02002992};
2993
2994/**
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02002995 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
2996 *
2997 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
2998 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
2999 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
3000 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3001 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3002 *
3003 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3004 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
3005 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
3006 */
3007enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3008 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3009 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3010};
3011
3012/**
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003013 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3014 *
3015 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3016 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3017 *
3018 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3019 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3020 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3021 * of wowlan configuration)
3022 */
3023enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3024 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3025 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3026};
3027
3028/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003029 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3030 *
3031 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3032 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3033 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3034 *
3035 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3036 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3037 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
Johannes Bergeefce912008-05-17 00:57:13 +02003038 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003039 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003040 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003041 *
3042 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3043 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3044 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3045 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3046 * or zero.
3047 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3048 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3049 * is added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003050 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003051 *
3052 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3053 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3054 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3055 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04003056 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3057 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003058 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003059 *
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003060 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3061 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3062 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3063 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3064 * reconfigured at resume time.
Johannes Berg2b4562d2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02003065 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3066 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3067 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3068 * must return 1 from this function.
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003069 *
3070 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3071 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3072 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3073 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3074 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3075 *
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02003076 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3077 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3078 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3079 * in suspend().
3080 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003081 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04003082 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003083 * and @stop must be implemented.
3084 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3085 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3086 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3087 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3088 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003089 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003090 *
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003091 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3092 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3093 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3094 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3095 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3096 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003097 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3098 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3099 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3100 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3101 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3102 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3103 * MAC address of the device going away.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003104 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003105 *
3106 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3107 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003108 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003109 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003110 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003111 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3112 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3113 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3114 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3115 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003116 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3117 * can sleep.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003118 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003119 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3120 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3121 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3122 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003123 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3124 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003125 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003126 *
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003127 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3128 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3129 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3130 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3131 * which flags are changed.
3132 * This callback can sleep.
3133 *
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07003134 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003135 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003136 *
3137 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003138 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3139 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003140 * is enabled.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003141 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003142 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003143 *
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003144 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3145 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3146 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
Kalle Valoeb807fb2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02003147 * The callback must be atomic.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003148 *
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003149 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3150 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3151 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3152 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3153 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3154 *
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003155 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3156 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3157 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3158 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003159 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003160 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
Kalle Valo9050bdd2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02003161 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3162 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
Johannes Bergde95a54b2009-04-01 11:58:36 +02003163 * that power save is disabled.
3164 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3165 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3166 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3167 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3168 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3169 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3170 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003171 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003172 *
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003173 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3174 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3175 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3176 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3177 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3178 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3179 * The callback can sleep.
3180 *
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003181 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3182 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3183 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3184 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3185 *
3186 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003187 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003188 *
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003189 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3190 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003191 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3192 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3193 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003194 *
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003195 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3196 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3197 * this notification.
3198 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003199 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003200 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3201 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003202 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003203 *
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003204 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3205 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3206 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003207 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003208 *
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003209 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03003210 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3211 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3212 * should be set as well.
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003213 * The callback can sleep.
3214 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003215 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003216 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003217 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003218 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3219 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3220 *
3221 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003222 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3223 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3224 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3225 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3226 * This callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003227 *
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303228 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3229 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
Johannes Bergc7e9dbc2016-09-14 10:03:00 +02003230 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3231 * callback can sleep.
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303232 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003233 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003234 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3235 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3236 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01003237 *
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003238 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3239 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3240 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3241 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003242 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3243 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3244 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3245 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3246 * The callback can sleep.
3247 *
3248 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3249 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3250 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3251 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3252 * in @sta_state.
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003253 * The callback can sleep.
3254 *
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003255 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3256 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3257 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3258 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3259 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3260 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3261 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003262 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3263 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3264 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003265 *
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003266 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3267 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3268 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3269 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3270 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3271 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3272 * The callback can sleep.
3273 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003274 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
Johannes Bergfe3fa822008-09-08 11:05:09 +02003275 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003276 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003277 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003278 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003279 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003280 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003281 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003282 * The callback can sleep.
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003283 *
3284 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02003285 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003286 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003287 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003288 *
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003289 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3290 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3291 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3292 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3293 * The callback can sleep.
3294 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003295 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3296 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3297 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3298 * TSF synchronization.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003299 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003300 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003301 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3302 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3303 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003304 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003305 * The callback can sleep.
Ron Rindjunskyd3c990f2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02003306 *
Randy Dunlap4e8998f2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07003307 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3308 *
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003309 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3310 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3311 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003312 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003313 *
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003314 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3315 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003316 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3317 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3318 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003319 *
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003320 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3321 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003322 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berga80f7c02009-12-23 13:15:32 +01003323 *
3324 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003325 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3326 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3327 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3328 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003329 * Note that vif can be NULL.
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003330 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003331 *
3332 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3333 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3334 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3335 * completion of the channel switch.
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04003336 *
Bruno Randolf79b1c462010-11-24 14:34:41 +09003337 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3338 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3339 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3340 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3341 *
3342 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003343 *
3344 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3345 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3346 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3347 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3348 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3349 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003350 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003351 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3352 * must be accepted in this case.
3353 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003354 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3355 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003356 *
3357 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3358 *
3359 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303360 *
3361 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3362 * queues before entering power save.
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303363 *
3364 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3365 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3366 * The callback can sleep.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003367 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3368 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +03003369 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003370 *
3371 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3372 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3373 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3374 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003375 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003376 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3377 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3378 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3379 * more-data bit must always be set.
3380 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3381 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +02003382 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3383 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3384 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3385 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3386 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3387 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003388 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3389 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3390 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003391 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3392 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003393 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003394 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003395 * This callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003396 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3397 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3398 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003399 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003400 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3401 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3402 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3403 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003404 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003405 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003406 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3407 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3408 * This callback must be atomic.
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003409 *
3410 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3411 *
3412 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3413 *
3414 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3415 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3416 *
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003417 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3418 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3419 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3420 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3421 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3422 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3423 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3424 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3425 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02003426 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3427 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3428 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003429 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3430 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003431 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3432 * duration for which the operation is requested.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003433 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003434 *
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003435 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3436 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3437 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3438 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3439 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3440 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3441 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3442 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3443 *
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003444 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303445 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003446 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303447 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003448 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3449 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3450 * channel context with different settings
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303451 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003452 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3453 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303454 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003455 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3456 * unbound from vif.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303457 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003458 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3459 * another, as specified in the list of
3460 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3461 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303462 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003463 *
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003464 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3465 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3466 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3467 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3468 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3469 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3470 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003471 *
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003472 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3473 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3474 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3475 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3476 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg8f21b0a2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01003477 *
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003478 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3479 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3480 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003481 *
3482 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3483 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3484 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003485 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003486 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3487 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003488 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003489 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003490 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3491 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003492 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3493 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
Masahiro Yamada9332ef92017-02-27 14:28:47 -08003494 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003495 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003496 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3497 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3498 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003499 *
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003500 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3501 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3502 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3503 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02003504 *
3505 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3506 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3507 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003508 *
3509 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3510 * and hardware limits.
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003511 *
3512 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3513 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3514 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3515 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3516 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3517 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3518 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3519 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3520 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003521 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3522 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3523 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3524 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3525 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3526 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3527 * the function call.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003528 *
3529 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003530 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3531 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3532 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3533 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003534 *
3535 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3536 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003537 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3538 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3539 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3540 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3541 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3542 * changed parameters.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003543 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3544 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3545 * this call.
3546 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3547 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3548 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003549 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003550struct ieee80211_ops {
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02003551 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3552 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3553 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003554 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003555 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003556#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3557 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3558 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg6d525632012-04-04 15:05:25 +02003559 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003560#endif
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003561 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003562 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003563 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3564 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02003565 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003566 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003567 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02003568 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003569 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3570 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3571 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3572 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergb2abb6e2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02003573
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003574 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3575 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3576
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003577 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Jiri Pirko22bedad32010-04-01 21:22:57 +00003578 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003579 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3580 unsigned int changed_flags,
3581 unsigned int *total_flags,
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003582 u64 multicast);
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003583 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3584 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3585 unsigned int filter_flags,
3586 unsigned int changed_flags);
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003587 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3588 bool set);
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04003589 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003590 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04003591 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003592 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergb3fbdcf2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01003593 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3594 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3595 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3596 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003597 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3598 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3599 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003600 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3601 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
Johannes Berga060bbf2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02003602 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02003603 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003604 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3605 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003606 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3607 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3608 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02003609 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003610 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003611 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003612 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3613 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3614 const u8 *mac_addr);
3615 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3616 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003617 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3618 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003619 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3620 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3621 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003622 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003623 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003624 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3625 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3626 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3627 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303628#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3629 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3630 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3631 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3632 struct dentry *dir);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303633#endif
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003634 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003635 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003636 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3637 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3638 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3639 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003640 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3641 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3642 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003643 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3644 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3645 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3646 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003647 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3648 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3649 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003650 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3651 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3652 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3653 struct station_info *sinfo);
Eliad Peller8a3a3c82011-10-02 10:15:52 +02003654 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga3304b02012-03-28 11:04:24 +02003655 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003656 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003657 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3658 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3659 u64 tsf);
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003660 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3661 s64 offset);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003662 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003663 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01003664
3665 /**
3666 * @ampdu_action:
3667 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3668 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3669 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3670 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3671 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3672 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3673 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3674 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3675 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3676 *
3677 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3678 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3679 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3680 *
3681 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3682 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3683 *
3684 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3685 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3686 * - ``TX: 81``
3687 *
3688 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3689 *
3690 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
3691 * The callback can sleep.
3692 */
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003693 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01003694 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003695 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
Holger Schurig12897232010-04-19 10:23:57 +02003696 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3697 struct survey_info *survey);
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003698 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003699 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003700#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003701 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3702 void *data, int len);
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003703 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3704 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3705 void *data, int len);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003706#endif
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003707 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3708 u32 queues, bool drop);
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003709 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho0f791eb42014-10-08 09:48:40 +03003710 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003711 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Bruno Randolf15d96752010-11-10 12:50:56 +09003712 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3713 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003714
3715 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Eliad Peller49884562012-11-19 17:05:09 +02003716 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003717 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003718 int duration,
3719 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003720 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003721 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3722 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3723 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303724 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303725 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3726 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003727 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3728 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3729 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003730
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003731 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3732 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3733 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3734 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3735 bool more_data);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003736 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3737 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3738 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3739 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3740 bool more_data);
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003741
3742 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3743 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3744 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3745 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3746 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3747 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3748 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3749 u32 sset, u8 *data);
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003750
3751 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003752 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3753 u16 duration);
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003754
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003755 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3756 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3757
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003758 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3759 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3760 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3761 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3762 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3763 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3764 u32 changed);
3765 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3766 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3767 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3768 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3769 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3770 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003771 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3772 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3773 int n_vifs,
3774 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003775
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003776 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3777 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003778
3779#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3780 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3781 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3782 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3783#endif
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003784 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3785 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3786 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003787 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3788 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3789 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003790
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003791 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3792 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3793
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003794 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3795 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Maxim Altshul2439ca02016-08-04 15:43:04 +03003796 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3797 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003798 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3799 int *dbm);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003800
3801 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3802 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3803 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
3804 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003805 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003806 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3807 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3808 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003809 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3810 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3811 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003812
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +01003813 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3814 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003815 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003816
3817 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3818 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3819 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3820 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3821 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003822 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3823 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3824 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003825 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3826 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3827 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3828 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3829 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3830 u8 instance_id);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003831};
3832
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003833/**
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07003834 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
3835 *
3836 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3837 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3838 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3839 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3840 * @priv_data_len.
3841 *
3842 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3843 * @ops: callbacks for this device
3844 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
3845 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
3846 *
3847 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
3848 */
3849struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
3850 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
3851 const char *requested_name);
3852
3853/**
3854 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003855 *
3856 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3857 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3858 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3859 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3860 * @priv_data_len.
3861 *
3862 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3863 * @ops: callbacks for this device
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003864 *
3865 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003866 */
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07003867static inline
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003868struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07003869 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
3870{
3871 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
3872}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003873
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003874/**
3875 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
3876 *
Johannes Bergdbbea672008-02-26 14:34:06 +01003877 * You must call this function before any other functions in
3878 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
3879 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003880 *
3881 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003882 *
3883 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003884 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003885int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3886
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01003887/**
3888 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
3889 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
3890 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
3891 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
3892 */
3893struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
3894 int throughput;
3895 int blink_time;
3896};
3897
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01003898/**
3899 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
3900 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
3901 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
3902 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
3903 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
3904 */
3905enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
3906 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
3907 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
3908 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
3909};
3910
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003911#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02003912const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3913const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3914const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3915const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3916const char *
3917__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3918 unsigned int flags,
3919 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
3920 unsigned int blink_table_len);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003921#endif
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003922/**
3923 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
3924 *
3925 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3926 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3927 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3928 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3929 *
3930 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003931 *
3932 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003933 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02003934static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003935{
3936#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3937 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
3938#else
3939 return NULL;
3940#endif
3941}
3942
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003943/**
3944 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
3945 *
3946 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3947 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3948 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3949 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3950 *
3951 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003952 *
3953 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003954 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02003955static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003956{
3957#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3958 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
3959#else
3960 return NULL;
3961#endif
3962}
3963
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01003964/**
3965 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
3966 *
3967 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3968 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3969 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3970 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3971 *
3972 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003973 *
3974 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01003975 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02003976static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02003977{
3978#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3979 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
3980#else
3981 return NULL;
3982#endif
3983}
3984
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01003985/**
3986 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
3987 *
3988 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
3989 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
3990 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
3991 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
3992 *
3993 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01003994 *
3995 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01003996 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02003997static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01003998{
3999#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4000 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4001#else
4002 return NULL;
4003#endif
4004}
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004005
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004006/**
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004007 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4008 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004009 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004010 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4011 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4012 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004013 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4014 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4015 *
4016 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004017 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004018static inline const char *
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004019ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004020 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4021 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4022{
4023#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004024 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004025 blink_table_len);
4026#else
4027 return NULL;
4028#endif
4029}
4030
4031/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004032 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4033 *
4034 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4035 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4036 *
4037 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4038 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004039void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4040
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004041/**
4042 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4043 *
4044 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4045 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004046 * before calling this function.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004047 *
4048 * @hw: the hardware to free
4049 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004050void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4051
Johannes Bergf2753dd2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02004052/**
4053 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4054 *
4055 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4056 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4057 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4058 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4059 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4060 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4061 *
4062 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4063 */
4064void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4065
Johannes Berg06d181a2014-02-04 20:51:09 +01004066/**
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004067 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004068 *
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004069 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4070 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4071 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4072 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4073 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4074 *
4075 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4076 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4077 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4078 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4079 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4080 *
4081 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4082 *
4083 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004084 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004085 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4086 * @napi: the NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004087 */
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004088void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4089 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004090
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004091/**
4092 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4093 *
4094 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Zhu Yie3cf8b3f2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08004095 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4096 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4097 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4098 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004099 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004100 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004101 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4102 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004103 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4104 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004105 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004106 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Bergd20ef632009-10-11 15:10:40 +02004107 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004108 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4109 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004110 */
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004111static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4112{
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004113 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004114}
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004115
4116/**
4117 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4118 *
4119 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004120 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4121 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004122 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004123 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4124 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004125 *
4126 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4127 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004128 */
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02004129void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004130
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004131/**
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004132 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4133 *
4134 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4135 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4136 *
4137 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004138 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4139 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004140 *
4141 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4142 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4143 */
4144static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4145 struct sk_buff *skb)
4146{
4147 local_bh_disable();
4148 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4149 local_bh_enable();
4150}
4151
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004152/**
4153 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4154 *
4155 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4156 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4157 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4158 *
4159 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4160 *
4161 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4162 * each other.
4163 *
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004164 * @sta: currently connected sta
4165 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004166 *
4167 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004168 */
4169int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4170
4171/**
4172 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4173 * (in process context)
4174 *
4175 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4176 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4177 * applies.
4178 *
4179 * @sta: currently connected sta
4180 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004181 *
4182 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004183 */
4184static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4185 bool start)
4186{
4187 int ret;
4188
4189 local_bh_disable();
4190 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4191 local_bh_enable();
4192
4193 return ret;
4194}
4195
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004196/**
4197 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4198 * @sta: currently connected station
4199 *
4200 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4201 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4202 * connected station was received.
4203 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4204 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4205 * be serialized.
4206 */
4207void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4208
4209/**
4210 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4211 * @sta: currently connected station
4212 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4213 *
4214 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4215 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4216 * from a connected station was received.
4217 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4218 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4219 * serialized.
Emmanuel Grumbach0aa419e2016-10-18 23:12:10 +03004220 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4221 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4222 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4223 * checks.
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004224 */
4225void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4226
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004227/*
4228 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4229 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4230 */
Felix Fietkau651b9922018-02-10 13:20:34 +01004231#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004232
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004233/**
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004234 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -07004235 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004236 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4237 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004238 *
4239 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004240 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4241 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004242 *
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004243 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4244 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4245 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4246 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4247 *
4248 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4249 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4250 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4251 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4252 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4253 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4254 *
4255 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4256 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4257 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4258 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4259 * use this API.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004260 */
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004261void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4262 u8 tid, bool buffered);
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004263
4264/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02004265 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4266 *
4267 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4268 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4269 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4270 *
4271 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4272 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4273 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4274 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4275 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4276 */
4277void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4278 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4279 struct sk_buff *skb,
4280 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4281 int max_rates);
4282
4283/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen484a54c2017-04-06 11:38:26 +02004284 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4285 *
4286 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4287 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4288 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4289 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4290 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4291 * slow stations to starve).
4292 *
4293 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4294 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4295 */
4296void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4297 u32 thr);
4298
4299/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004300 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4301 *
4302 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4303 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4304 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4305 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004306 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4307 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004308 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004309 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4310 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004311 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004312 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4313 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004314 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004315void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004316 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004317
4318/**
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004319 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4320 *
4321 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4322 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4323 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4324 *
4325 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4326 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4327 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4328 *
4329 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4330 * @status: tx status information
4331 */
4332void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4333 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4334
4335/**
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004336 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4337 *
4338 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4339 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4340 * specific skbs.
4341 *
4342 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4343 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4344 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4345 *
4346 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4347 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4348 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4349 * @info: tx status information
4350 */
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004351static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4352 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4353 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4354{
4355 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4356 .sta = sta,
4357 .info = info,
4358 };
4359
4360 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4361}
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004362
4363/**
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004364 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4365 *
4366 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4367 *
4368 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4369 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4370 * for a single hardware.
4371 *
4372 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4373 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4374 */
4375static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4376 struct sk_buff *skb)
4377{
4378 local_bh_disable();
4379 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4380 local_bh_enable();
4381}
4382
4383/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004384 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004385 *
4386 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4387 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4388 *
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004389 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4390 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004391 *
4392 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4393 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004394 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004395void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004396 struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004397
4398/**
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004399 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4400 *
4401 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4402 * connected STA.
4403 *
4404 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4405 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4406 */
4407void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4408
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004409#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4410
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004411/**
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004412 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4413 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4414 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
Luciano Coelho8d77ec82014-05-15 20:32:08 +03004415 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4416 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4417 * should be ignored.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004418 */
4419struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4420 u16 tim_offset;
4421 u16 tim_length;
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004422
4423 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004424};
4425
4426/**
4427 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4428 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4429 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4430 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4431 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4432 *
4433 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4434 * obtain the beacon template.
4435 *
4436 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4437 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004438 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4439 * applicable, the CSA count.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004440 *
4441 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4442 *
4443 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4444 */
4445struct sk_buff *
4446ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4447 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4448 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4449
4450/**
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004451 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4452 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004453 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004454 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4455 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4456 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4457 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4458 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4459 *
4460 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004461 * obtain the beacon frame.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004462 *
4463 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4464 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004465 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4466 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004467 *
4468 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004469 *
4470 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004471 */
4472struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4473 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4474 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4475
4476/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004477 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4478 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004479 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004480 *
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004481 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004482 *
4483 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004484 */
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004485static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4486 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4487{
4488 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4489}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004490
4491/**
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004492 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4493 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4494 *
4495 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4496 * This function is called implicitly when
4497 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4498 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4499 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4500 *
4501 * Return: new csa counter value
4502 */
4503u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4504
4505/**
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004506 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
4507 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4508 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4509 *
4510 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
4511 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4512 *
4513 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
4514 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4515 */
4516void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
4517
4518/**
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004519 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4520 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4521 *
4522 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004523 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004524 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4525 */
4526void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4527
4528/**
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004529 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004530 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4531 *
4532 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4533 */
4534bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4535
4536
4537/**
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004538 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4539 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4540 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4541 *
4542 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4543 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4544 *
4545 * Can only be called in AP mode.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004546 *
4547 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004548 */
4549struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4550 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4551
4552/**
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004553 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4554 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4555 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4556 *
4557 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4558 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4559 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4560 *
4561 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4562 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004563 *
4564 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004565 */
4566struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4567 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4568
4569/**
4570 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4571 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4572 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004573 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4574 * if at all possible
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004575 *
4576 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4577 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4578 * BSSID and address is used.
4579 *
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004580 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4581 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4582 *
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004583 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4584 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004585 *
4586 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004587 */
4588struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004589 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4590 bool qos_ok);
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004591
4592/**
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004593 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4594 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004595 * @src_addr: source MAC address
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004596 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4597 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004598 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004599 *
4600 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4601 * hardware.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004602 *
4603 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004604 */
4605struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004606 const u8 *src_addr,
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004607 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004608 size_t tailroom);
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004609
4610/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004611 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4612 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004613 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004614 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4615 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004616 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004617 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4618 *
4619 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4620 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4621 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4622 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4623 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004624void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004625 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004626 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004627 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4628
4629/**
4630 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4631 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004632 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004633 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004634 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004635 *
4636 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4637 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4638 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004639 *
4640 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004641 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004642__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4643 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004644 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004645
4646/**
4647 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4648 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004649 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004650 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4651 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004652 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004653 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4654 *
4655 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4656 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4657 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4658 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4659 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004660void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4661 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004662 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004663 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004664 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4665
4666/**
4667 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4668 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004669 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004670 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004671 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004672 *
4673 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4674 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4675 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004676 *
4677 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004678 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004679__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4680 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004681 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004682 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004683
4684/**
4685 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4686 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004687 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02004688 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004689 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004690 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004691 *
4692 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4693 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004694 *
4695 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004696 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004697__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4698 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02004699 enum nl80211_band band,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004700 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004701 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004702
4703/**
4704 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4705 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004706 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004707 *
4708 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4709 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4710 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4711 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004712 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4713 *
4714 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4715 * frames are available.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004716 *
4717 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4718 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4719 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4720 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4721 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4722 * use common code for all beacons.
4723 */
4724struct sk_buff *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004725ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004726
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004727/**
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004728 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4729 *
4730 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4731 *
4732 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4733 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4734 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4735 */
4736void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4737 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4738
4739/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004740 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004741 *
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004742 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4743 * from the given packet.
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004744 *
4745 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004746 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4747 * with this P1K
4748 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004749 */
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004750static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4751 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4752{
4753 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4754 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4755 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4756
4757 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4758}
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004759
4760/**
Johannes Berg8bca5d82011-07-13 19:50:34 +02004761 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4762 *
4763 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4764 * and transmitter address.
4765 *
4766 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4767 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4768 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4769 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4770 */
4771void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4772 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4773
4774/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004775 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
4776 *
4777 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
4778 * in the packet.
4779 *
4780 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4781 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
4782 * encrypted with this key
4783 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
4784 */
4785void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4786 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02004787
4788/**
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02004789 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
4790 *
4791 * @pos: start of crypto header
4792 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4793 * @pn: PN to add
4794 *
4795 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
4796 * the packet payload)
4797 *
4798 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
4799 * point to the crypto header)
4800 */
4801u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
4802
4803/**
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02004804 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
4805 *
4806 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02004807 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02004808 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4809 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4810 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
4811 *
4812 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
4813 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
4814 * by the device and not by mac80211.
4815 *
4816 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4817 * can be done concurrently.
4818 */
4819void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4820 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4821
4822/**
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02004823 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
4824 *
4825 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02004826 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02004827 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4828 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4829 * @seq: new sequence data
4830 *
4831 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
4832 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
4833 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
4834 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
4835 *
4836 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4837 * can be done concurrently.
4838 */
4839void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4840 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4841
4842/**
4843 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
4844 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4845 *
4846 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
4847 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
4848 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
4849 *
4850 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
4851 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
4852 */
4853void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
4854
4855/**
4856 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
4857 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
4858 * @keyconf: new key data
4859 *
4860 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
4861 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
4862 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
4863 *
4864 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
4865 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
4866 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
4867 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
4868 *
4869 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
4870 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
4871 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
4872 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
4873 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
4874 * of the reconfiguration.
4875 *
4876 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
4877 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
4878 *
4879 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
4880 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
4881 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
4882 * the key that's being replaced.
4883 */
4884struct ieee80211_key_conf *
4885ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4886 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
4887
4888/**
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02004889 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
4890 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
4891 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
4892 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
4893 * @gfp: allocation flags
4894 */
4895void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
4896 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
4897
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004898/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004899 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
4900 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4901 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4902 *
4903 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
4904 */
4905void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4906
4907/**
4908 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
4909 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4910 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4911 *
4912 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
4913 */
4914void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4915
4916/**
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03004917 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
4918 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4919 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
4920 *
4921 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004922 *
4923 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03004924 */
4925
4926int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
4927
4928/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004929 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
4930 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4931 *
4932 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
4933 */
4934void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4935
4936/**
4937 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
4938 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4939 *
4940 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
4941 */
4942void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4943
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004944/**
4945 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
4946 *
4947 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
4948 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
Johannes Berg8789d452010-08-26 13:30:26 +02004949 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
4950 * any context, including hardirq context.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004951 *
4952 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03004953 * @info: information about the completed scan
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004954 */
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03004955void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4956 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004957
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01004958/**
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03004959 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
4960 *
4961 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
4962 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
4963 *
4964 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
4965 */
4966void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4967
4968/**
4969 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
4970 *
4971 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
4972 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
4973 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
4974 * while associating, for instance.
4975 *
4976 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
4977 */
4978void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4979
4980/**
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01004981 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
4982 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
4983 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
4984 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
4985 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
4986 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
4987 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
4988 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02004989 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01004990 */
4991enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
4992 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
4993 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02004994 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01004995};
4996
4997/**
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02004998 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
4999 *
5000 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5001 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5002 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5003 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5004 *
5005 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5006 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5007 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5008 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5009 */
5010void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5011 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5012 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5013 void *data);
5014
5015/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07005016 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005017 *
5018 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5019 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005020 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5021 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5022 * be used.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005023 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005024 *
5025 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005026 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005027 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005028 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5029 */
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005030static inline void
5031ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5032 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5033 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5034 void *data)
5035{
5036 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5037 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5038 iterator, data);
5039}
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005040
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005041/**
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005042 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5043 *
5044 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5045 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5046 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5047 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005048 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005049 *
5050 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005051 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005052 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5053 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5054 */
5055void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005056 u32 iter_flags,
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005057 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5058 u8 *mac,
5059 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5060 void *data);
5061
5062/**
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005063 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5064 *
5065 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5066 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5067 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5068 *
5069 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5070 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5071 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5072 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5073 */
5074void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5075 u32 iter_flags,
5076 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5077 u8 *mac,
5078 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5079 void *data);
5080
5081/**
Arik Nemtsov0fc1e042014-10-22 12:30:59 +03005082 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5083 *
5084 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5085 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5086 * function for them.
5087 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5088 *
5089 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5090 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5091 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5092 */
5093void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5094 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5095 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5096 void *data);
5097/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04005098 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5099 *
5100 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5101 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5102 *
5103 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5104 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5105 */
5106void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5107
5108/**
5109 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5110 *
5111 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5112 * workqueue.
5113 *
5114 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5115 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5116 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5117 */
5118void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5119 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5120 unsigned long delay);
5121
5122/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005123 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005124 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005125 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305126 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005127 *
5128 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005129 *
5130 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5131 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5132 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5133 */
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305134int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5135 u16 timeout);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005136
5137/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005138 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005139 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005140 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5141 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5142 *
5143 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005144 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5145 * from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005146 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005147void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005148 u16 tid);
5149
5150/**
5151 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005152 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005153 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005154 *
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005155 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005156 *
5157 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5158 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5159 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5160 */
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005161int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005162
5163/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005164 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005165 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005166 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5167 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5168 *
5169 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005170 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5171 * can be called from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005172 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005173void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005174 u16 tid);
5175
Mohamed Abbas84363e62008-04-04 16:59:58 -07005176/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005177 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5178 *
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005179 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005180 * @addr: station's address
5181 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005182 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5183 *
5184 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005185 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5186 */
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005187struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005188 const u8 *addr);
5189
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005190/**
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005191 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005192 *
5193 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005194 * @addr: remote station's address
5195 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005196 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005197 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5198 *
5199 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005200 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5201 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005202 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5203 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5204 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5205 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5206 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5207 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5208 * is not reliable.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005209 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005210 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005211 */
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005212struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5213 const u8 *addr,
5214 const u8 *localaddr);
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005215
5216/**
Johannes Bergaf818582009-11-06 11:35:50 +01005217 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5218 * @hw: the hardware
5219 * @pubsta: the station
5220 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5221 *
5222 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5223 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5224 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5225 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5226 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5227 *
5228 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5229 * manner.
5230 *
5231 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5232 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5233 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5234 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5235 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5236 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5237 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5238 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5239 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5240 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5241 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5242 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5243 * woke up while blocked or not.
5244 */
5245void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5246 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5247
5248/**
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005249 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5250 * @pubsta: the station
5251 *
5252 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5253 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5254 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5255 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5256 *
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005257 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5258 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5259 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5260 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5261 *
5262 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5263 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5264 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5265 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005266 */
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005267void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005268
5269/**
Emmanuel Grumbach0ead2512015-11-17 10:24:36 +02005270 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5271 * @pubsta: the station
5272 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5273 *
5274 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5275 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5276 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5277 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5278 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5279 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5280 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5281 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5282 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5283 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5284 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5285 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5286 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5287 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5288 */
5289void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5290
5291/**
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005292 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5293 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5294 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5295 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5296 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5297 *
5298 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5299 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5300 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5301 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5302 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5303 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
Johannes Bergf850e002011-07-13 19:50:53 +02005304 *
5305 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5306 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5307 * set_key callback.
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005308 */
5309void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5310 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5311 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5312 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5313 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5314 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5315 void *data),
5316 void *iter_data);
5317
5318/**
Eliad Pelleref044762015-11-17 10:24:37 +02005319 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5320 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5321 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5322 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5323 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5324 *
5325 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5326 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5327 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5328 * in removal process will be skipped.
5329 *
5330 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5331 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5332 */
5333void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5334 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5335 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5336 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5337 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5338 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5339 void *data),
5340 void *iter_data);
5341
5342/**
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005343 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5344 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5345 * @iter: iterator function
5346 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5347 *
5348 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5349 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5350 * places while calling into the driver.
5351 *
5352 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5353 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5354 * removed.
Johannes Berg8a61af62012-12-13 17:42:30 +01005355 *
5356 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5357 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5358 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5359 * or not.
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005360 */
5361void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5362 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5363 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5364 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5365 void *data),
5366 void *iter_data);
5367
5368/**
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005369 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5370 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5371 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5372 *
5373 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5374 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5375 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5376 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5377 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005378 * %NULL.
5379 *
5380 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005381 */
5382struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5383 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5384
5385/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005386 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5387 *
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005388 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005389 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005390 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005391 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005392 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5393 */
5394void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005395
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005396/**
5397 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5398 *
5399 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5400 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005401 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005402 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5403 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
Johannes Berg682bd382013-01-29 13:13:50 +01005404 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5405 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005406 *
5407 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5408 * without connection recovery attempts.
5409 */
5410void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5411
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005412/**
Johannes Berg95acac62011-07-12 12:30:59 +02005413 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5414 *
5415 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5416 *
5417 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5418 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5419 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5420 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5421 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5422 *
5423 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5424 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5425 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5426 * disconnect normally later.
5427 *
5428 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5429 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5430 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5431 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5432 */
5433void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5434
5435/**
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005436 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5437 * rssi threshold triggered
5438 *
5439 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5440 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005441 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005442 * @gfp: context flags
5443 *
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01005444 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005445 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5446 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5447 */
5448void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5449 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005450 s32 rssi_level,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005451 gfp_t gfp);
5452
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005453/**
Johannes Berg98f03342014-11-26 12:42:02 +01005454 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5455 *
5456 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5457 * @gfp: context flags
5458 */
5459void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5460
5461/**
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01005462 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5463 *
5464 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5465 */
5466void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5467
5468/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005469 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5470 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5471 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5472 *
5473 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5474 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5475 */
5476void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5477
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005478/**
5479 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5480 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg633dd1e2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02005481 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005482 *
5483 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5484 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5485 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5486 */
5487void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5488 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5489
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02005490/**
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01005491 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5492 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5493 */
5494void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5495
5496/**
5497 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5498 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5499 */
5500void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5501
Shahar Levif41ccd72011-05-22 16:10:21 +03005502/**
5503 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5504 *
5505 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5506 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5507 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5508 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5509 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5510 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5511 *
5512 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5513 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5514 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5515 */
5516void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5517 const u8 *addr);
5518
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005519/**
Sara Sharon06470f72016-01-28 16:19:25 +02005520 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5521 * @pubsta: station struct
5522 * @tid: the session's TID
5523 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5524 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5525 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5526 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5527 *
5528 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5529 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5530 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5531 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5532 */
5533void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5534 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5535 u16 received_mpdus);
5536
5537/**
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005538 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5539 *
5540 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5541 * buffer.
5542 *
5543 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5544 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5545 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5546 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5547 */
5548void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5549
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005550/**
5551 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5552 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5553 * @addr: station mac address
5554 * @tid: the rx tid
5555 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005556void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005557 unsigned int tid);
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005558
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005559/**
5560 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5561 *
5562 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5563 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5564 * reordering.
5565 *
5566 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5567 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5568 *
5569 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5570 * @addr: station mac address
5571 * @tid: the rx tid
5572 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005573static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5574 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5575{
5576 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5577 return;
5578 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5579}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005580
5581/**
5582 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5583 *
5584 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5585 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5586 * reordering.
5587 *
5588 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5589 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5590 *
5591 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5592 * @addr: station mac address
5593 * @tid: the rx tid
5594 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005595static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5596 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5597{
5598 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5599 return;
5600 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5601}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005602
Naftali Goldstein04c2cf32017-07-11 10:07:25 +03005603/**
5604 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5605 *
5606 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5607 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5608 *
5609 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5610 *
5611 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5612 * @addr: station mac address
5613 * @tid: the rx tid
5614 */
5615void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5616 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5617
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005618/* Rate control API */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005619
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005620/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005621 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005622 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005623 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5624 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5625 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005626 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5627 * to be filled in
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005628 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5629 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5630 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5631 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5632 * RTS threshold
5633 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5634 * if the selected rate supports it
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005635 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005636 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005637 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005638 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005639struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5640 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5641 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5642 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5643 struct sk_buff *skb;
5644 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5645 bool rts, short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02005646 u32 rate_idx_mask;
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005647 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005648 bool bss;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005649};
5650
5651struct rate_control_ops {
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005652 const char *name;
5653 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005654 void (*free)(void *priv);
5655
5656 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5657 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005658 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005659 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
Sujith81cb7622009-02-12 11:38:37 +05305660 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005661 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg64f68e52012-03-28 10:58:37 +02005662 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5663 u32 changed);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005664 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5665 void *priv_sta);
5666
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02005667 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
5668 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5669 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005670 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5671 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5672 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005673 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5674 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005675
5676 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5677 struct dentry *dir);
5678 void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02005679
5680 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005681};
5682
5683static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02005684 enum nl80211_band band,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005685 int index)
5686{
5687 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5688}
5689
Luis R. Rodriguez4c6d4f52009-07-16 10:05:41 -07005690/**
5691 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
5692 *
5693 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
5694 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
5695 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
5696 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
5697 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
5698 * not null.
5699 *
5700 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
5701 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
5702 *
5703 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
5704 * that this may be null.
5705 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
5706 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
5707 */
5708bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5709 void *priv_sta,
5710 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5711
5712
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005713static inline s8
5714rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5715 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5716{
5717 int i;
5718
5719 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5720 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5721 return i;
5722
5723 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005724 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005725
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005726 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005727 return 0;
5728}
5729
Luis R. Rodriguezb770b432009-07-16 10:15:09 -07005730static inline
5731bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5732 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5733{
5734 unsigned int i;
5735
5736 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5737 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5738 return true;
5739 return false;
5740}
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005741
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02005742/**
5743 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
5744 *
5745 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
5746 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
5747 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
5748 * the most recent rate control module decision.
5749 *
5750 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5751 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
5752 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
5753 */
5754int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5755 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
5756 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
5757
Johannes Berg631ad702014-01-20 23:29:34 +01005758int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
5759void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005760
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005761static inline bool
5762conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5763{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01005764 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005765}
5766
5767static inline bool
5768conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5769{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01005770 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5771 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005772}
5773
5774static inline bool
5775conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5776{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01005777 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5778 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005779}
5780
5781static inline bool
5782conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5783{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01005784 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005785}
5786
5787static inline bool
5788conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5789{
Rostislav Lisovy041f6072014-04-02 15:31:55 +02005790 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
5791 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
5792 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005793}
5794
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02005795static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5796ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
5797{
5798 if (p2p) {
5799 switch (type) {
5800 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
5801 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
5802 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
5803 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
5804 default:
5805 break;
5806 }
5807 }
5808 return type;
5809}
5810
5811static inline enum nl80211_iftype
5812ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
5813{
5814 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
5815}
5816
Sara Sharon65554d02016-02-16 12:48:17 +02005817/**
5818 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
5819 *
5820 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
5821 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
5822 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
5823 *
5824 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
5825 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
5826 * matching GroupId management frame.
5827 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
5828 */
5829void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5830 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
5831
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07005832void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5833 int rssi_min_thold,
5834 int rssi_max_thold);
5835
5836void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Arik Nemtsov768db342011-09-28 14:12:51 +03005837
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07005838/**
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005839 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07005840 *
5841 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
5842 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005843 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
5844 *
5845 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
5846 * applicable.
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07005847 */
Wey-Yi Guy1dae27f2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07005848int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5849
Johannes Bergcd8f7cb2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01005850/**
5851 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
5852 * @vif: virtual interface
5853 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
5854 * @gfp: allocation flags
5855 *
5856 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
5857 */
5858void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5859 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
5860 gfp_t gfp);
5861
Felix Fietkau06be6b12013-10-14 18:01:00 +02005862/**
5863 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
5864 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5865 * @vif: virtual interface
5866 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
5867 * @band: the band to transmit on
5868 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
5869 *
5870 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
5871 */
5872bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5873 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
5874 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
5875
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01005876/**
5877 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
5878 *
5879 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
5880 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
5881 *
5882 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
5883 *
5884 * private:
5885 *
5886 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
5887 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
5888 */
5889struct ieee80211_noa_data {
5890 u32 next_tsf;
5891 bool has_next_tsf;
5892
5893 u8 absent;
5894
5895 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
5896 struct {
5897 u32 start;
5898 u32 duration;
5899 u32 interval;
5900 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
5901};
5902
5903/**
5904 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
5905 *
5906 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
5907 * @data: NoA tracking data
5908 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
5909 *
5910 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
5911 */
5912int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
5913 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
5914
5915/**
5916 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
5917 *
5918 * @data: NoA tracking data
5919 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
5920 */
5921void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
5922
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03005923/**
5924 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
5925 * @vif: virtual interface
5926 * @peer: the peer's destination address
5927 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
5928 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
5929 * @gfp: allocation flags
5930 *
5931 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
5932 */
5933void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
5934 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
5935 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
Andrei Otcheretianskia7f3a762014-10-22 15:22:49 +03005936
5937/**
Liad Kaufmanb6da9112014-11-19 13:47:38 +02005938 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
5939 *
5940 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
5941 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
5942 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
5943 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
5944 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
5945 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
5946 *
5947 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
5948 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
5949 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
5950 *
5951 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
5952 * @tid: the TID to reserve
5953 *
5954 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
5955 */
5956int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
5957
5958/**
5959 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
5960 *
5961 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
5962 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
5963 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
5964 *
5965 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
5966 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
5967 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
5968 *
5969 * @sta: the station
5970 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
5971 */
5972void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
5973
5974/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01005975 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
5976 *
5977 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +01005978 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01005979 *
5980 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
5981 */
5982struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5983 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01005984
5985/**
5986 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
5987 *
5988 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
5989 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
5990 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
5991 *
5992 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
5993 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
5994 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
5995 */
5996void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
5997 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
5998 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03005999
6000/**
6001 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6002 *
6003 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6004 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6005 *
6006 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6007 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6008 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6009 * @gfp: allocation flags
6010 */
6011void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6012 u8 inst_id,
6013 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6014 gfp_t gfp);
Ayala Beker92bc43b2016-09-20 17:31:21 +03006015
6016/**
6017 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6018 *
6019 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6020 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6021 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6022 *
6023 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6024 * @match: match event information
6025 * @gfp: allocation flags
6026 */
6027void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6028 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6029 gfp_t gfp);
6030
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07006031#endif /* MAC80211_H */